1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 ** May you do good and not evil.
8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24
25
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 ** synced.
43 **
44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 ** following are true:
51 **
52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 ** number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 ** transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries. Note in particular the the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 ** invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 ** database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 ** than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 ** of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 ** the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 ** content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 ** OPEN <------+------+
140 ** | | |
141 ** V | |
142 ** +---------> READER-------+ |
143 ** | | |
144 ** | V |
145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 ** | | ^
147 ** | V |
148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 ** | | |
150 ** | V |
151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 ** | | |
153 ** | V |
154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal]
164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal]
165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 ** OPEN:
173 **
174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 ** * No read or write transaction is active.
179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 ** READER:
183 **
184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 ** open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 ** may not be trusted at this point.
202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 ** WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 ** file.
219 **
220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 ** * A write transaction is active.
225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 ** lock is held on the database file.
227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 ** called).
230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 ** * A write transaction is active.
243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 ** WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 ** just the log file).
254 **
255 ** * A write transaction is active.
256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 ** and synced to disk.
259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 ** written to disk).
261 **
262 ** WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 ** * A write transaction is active.
274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 ** If no error occured, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 ** to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 ** ERROR:
281 **
282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 ** cannot.
289 **
290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 ** instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 ** from the error.
308 **
309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 ** memory.
320 **
321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 ** state.
331 **
332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 ** of the first four states.
343 **
344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0
352 #define PAGER_READER 1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6
358
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430
431 /*
432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
436 **
437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
443 */
444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
445 struct PagerSavepoint {
446 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */
447 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */
448 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
449 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */
450 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
452 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */
453 #endif
454 };
455
456 /*
457 ** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
458 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
459 **
460 ** eState
461 **
462 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
463 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state.
464 **
465 ** eLock
466 **
467 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
468 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
469 **
470 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
471 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
472 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
473 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
474 ** need (and no reason to release them).
475 **
476 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
477 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
478 ** details.
479 **
480 ** changeCountDone
481 **
482 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
483 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
484 ** not updated more often than necessary.
485 **
486 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
487 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
488 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
489 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
490 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
491 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
492 **
493 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
494 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
495 ** committed.
496 **
497 ** setMaster
498 **
499 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
500 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
501 ** journal file before it is synced to disk.
502 **
503 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
504 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
505 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
506 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
507 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
508 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
509 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
510 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
511 **
512 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
513 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
514 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
515 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
516 **
517 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
518 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
519 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
520 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
521 **
522 ** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill
523 **
524 ** These two boolean variables control the behaviour of cache-spills
525 ** (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to
526 ** write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory).
527 **
528 ** When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
529 ** is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that
530 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
531 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
532 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().
533 **
534 ** If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
535 ** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
536 ** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
537 ** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening
538 ** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
539 **
540 ** subjInMemory
541 **
542 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
543 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
544 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
545 **
546 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
547 ** write-transaction is opened.
548 **
549 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
550 **
551 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
552 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
553 ** OPEN and ERROR).
554 **
555 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
556 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
557 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
558 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
559 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
560 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
561 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
562 ** to dbSize==1).
563 **
564 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
565 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
566 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
567 ** dbSize is updated.
568 **
569 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
570 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
571 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
572 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
573 ** being modified.
574 **
575 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
576 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
577 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
578 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
579 **
580 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
581 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
582 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
583 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
584 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
585 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
586 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
587 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
588 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
589 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
590 **
591 ** dbHintSize
592 **
593 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
594 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
595 **
596 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
597 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
598 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
599 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
600 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
601 ** details.
602 **
603 ** errCode
604 **
605 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
606 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
607 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
608 ** sub-codes.
609 */
610 struct Pager {
611 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */
612 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
613 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
614 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
615 u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
616 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
617 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
618 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
619 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
620 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */
621 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */
622 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
623
624 /**************************************************************************
625 ** The following block contains those class members that change during
626 ** routine opertion. Class members not in this block are either fixed
627 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
628 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
629 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe
630 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
631 ** "configuration" of the pager.
632 */
633 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
634 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */
635 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
636 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
637 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
638 u8 doNotSyncSpill; /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */
639 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
640 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */
641 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */
642 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */
643 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
644 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */
645 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
646 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
647 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
648 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
649 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */
650 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */
651 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
652 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */
653 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
654 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
655 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
656 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
657 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
658 /*
659 ** End of the routinely-changing class members
660 ***************************************************************************/
661
662 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
663 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
664 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
665 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
666 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */
667 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
668 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
669 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */
670 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
671 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
672 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
673 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
674 int nHit, nMiss; /* Cache hits and missing */
675 int nRead, nWrite; /* Database pages read/written */
676 #endif
677 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
678 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
679 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
680 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
681 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */
682 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
683 #endif
684 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
685 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */
686 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
687 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
688 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */
689 #endif
690 };
691
692 /*
693 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
694 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in
695 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe.
696 */
697 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
698 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */
699 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */
700 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */
701 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++
702 #else
703 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
704 #endif
705
706
707
708 /*
709 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
710 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
711 **
712 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
713 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being
714 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
715 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
716 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
717 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
718 ** journal and ignore it.
719 **
720 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
721 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
722 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
723 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
724 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
725 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
726 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
727 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
728 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
729 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
730 */
731 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
732 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
733 };
734
735 /*
736 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
737 ** the following macro.
738 */
739 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
740
741 /*
742 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
743 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
744 */
745 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
746
747 /*
748 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
749 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
750 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
751 ** out code that would never execute.
752 */
753 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
754 # define MEMDB 0
755 #else
756 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
757 #endif
758
759 /*
760 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
761 */
762 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
763
764 /*
765 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
766 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
767 **
768 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
769 **
770 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
771 **
772 ** instead of
773 **
774 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
775 */
776 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
777
778 /*
779 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
780 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
781 */
782 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
pagerUseWal(Pager * pPager)783 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
784 return (pPager->pWal!=0);
785 }
786 #else
787 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
788 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
789 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y,z) 0
790 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
791 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
792 #endif
793
794 /* Begin preload-cache.patch for Chromium */
795 /* See comments above the definition. */
796 int sqlite3PagerAcquire2(
797 Pager *pPager,
798 Pgno pgno,
799 DbPage **ppPage,
800 int noContent,
801 unsigned char *pDataToFill);
802 /* End preload-cache.patch for Chromium */
803
804 #ifndef NDEBUG
805 /*
806 ** Usage:
807 **
808 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
809 **
810 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
811 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
812 */
assert_pager_state(Pager * p)813 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
814 Pager *pPager = p;
815
816 /* State must be valid. */
817 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
818 || p->eState==PAGER_READER
819 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
820 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
821 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
822 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
823 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
824 );
825
826 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
827 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
828 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
829 */
830 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
831 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
832
833 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
834 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
835 */
836 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
837 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
838
839 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
840 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
841 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
842 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
843 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
844 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
845 ** state.
846 */
847 if( MEMDB ){
848 assert( p->noSync );
849 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
850 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
851 );
852 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
853 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
854 }
855
856 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
857 ** on the file.
858 */
859 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
860 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
861
862 switch( p->eState ){
863 case PAGER_OPEN:
864 assert( !MEMDB );
865 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
866 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
867 break;
868
869 case PAGER_READER:
870 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
871 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
872 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || p->noReadlock );
873 break;
874
875 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
876 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
877 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
878 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
879 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
880 }
881 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
882 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
883 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
884 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
885 break;
886
887 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
888 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
889 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
890 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
891 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
892 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
893 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
894 ** to journal_mode=wal.
895 */
896 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
897 assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
898 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
899 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
900 );
901 }
902 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
903 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
904 break;
905
906 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
907 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
908 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
909 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
910 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
911 assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
912 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
913 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
914 );
915 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
916 break;
917
918 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
919 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
920 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
921 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
922 assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
923 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
924 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
925 );
926 break;
927
928 case PAGER_ERROR:
929 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
930 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
931 ** back to OPEN state.
932 */
933 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
934 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
935 break;
936 }
937
938 return 1;
939 }
940 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
941
942 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
943 /*
944 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
945 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
946 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
947 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
948 **
949 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
950 */
print_pager_state(Pager * p)951 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
952 static char zRet[1024];
953
954 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
955 "Filename: %s\n"
956 "State: %s errCode=%d\n"
957 "Lock: %s\n"
958 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n"
959 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n"
960 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
961 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
962 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
963 , p->zFilename
964 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" :
965 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" :
966 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
967 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
968 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
969 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
970 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
971 , (int)p->errCode
972 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" :
973 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" :
974 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
975 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" :
976 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
977 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
978 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" :
979 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" :
980 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" :
981 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" :
982 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
983 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?"
984 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
985 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
986 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
987 );
988
989 return zRet;
990 }
991 #endif
992
993 /*
994 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
995 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
996 ** or more open savepoints for which:
997 **
998 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
999 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1000 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1001 */
subjRequiresPage(PgHdr * pPg)1002 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1003 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1004 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1005 int i;
1006 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1007 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1008 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1009 return 1;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 return 0;
1013 }
1014
1015 /*
1016 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1017 */
pageInJournal(PgHdr * pPg)1018 static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
1019 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1020 }
1021
1022 /*
1023 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
1024 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1025 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1026 **
1027 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1028 */
read32bits(sqlite3_file * fd,i64 offset,u32 * pRes)1029 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1030 unsigned char ac[4];
1031 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1032 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1033 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1034 }
1035 return rc;
1036 }
1037
1038 /*
1039 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1040 */
1041 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1042
1043
1044 /*
1045 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
1046 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1047 */
write32bits(sqlite3_file * fd,i64 offset,u32 val)1048 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1049 char ac[4];
1050 put32bits(ac, val);
1051 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1052 }
1053
1054 /*
1055 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1056 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1057 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1058 **
1059 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1060 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1061 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1062 */
pagerUnlockDb(Pager * pPager,int eLock)1063 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1064 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1065
1066 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1067 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1068 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1069 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1070 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1071 rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1072 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1073 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1074 }
1075 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1076 }
1077 return rc;
1078 }
1079
1080 /*
1081 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1082 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1083 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1084 **
1085 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1086 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1087 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1088 ** of this.
1089 */
pagerLockDb(Pager * pPager,int eLock)1090 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1091 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1092
1093 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1094 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1095 rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1096 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1097 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1098 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1099 }
1100 }
1101 return rc;
1102 }
1103
1104 /*
1105 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1106 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1107 **
1108 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1109 ** a database page may be written atomically, and
1110 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1111 ** to the page size.
1112 **
1113 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1114 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1115 ** database.
1116 **
1117 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1118 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1119 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1120 */
1121 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
jrnlBufferSize(Pager * pPager)1122 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1123 assert( !MEMDB );
1124 if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1125 int dc; /* Device characteristics */
1126 int nSector; /* Sector size */
1127 int szPage; /* Page size */
1128
1129 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1130 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1131 nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1132 szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1133
1134 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1135 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1136 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1137 return 0;
1138 }
1139 }
1140
1141 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1142 }
1143 #endif
1144
1145 /*
1146 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1147 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing
1148 ** and debugging only.
1149 */
1150 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1151 /*
1152 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1153 */
pager_datahash(int nByte,unsigned char * pData)1154 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1155 u32 hash = 0;
1156 int i;
1157 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1158 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1159 }
1160 return hash;
1161 }
pager_pagehash(PgHdr * pPage)1162 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1163 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1164 }
pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr * pPage)1165 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1166 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1167 }
1168
1169 /*
1170 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1171 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1172 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1173 */
1174 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
checkPage(PgHdr * pPg)1175 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1176 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1177 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1178 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1179 }
1180
1181 #else
1182 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
1183 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0
1184 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1185 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1186 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1187
1188 /*
1189 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1190 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1191 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1192 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1193 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1194 **
1195 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1196 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1197 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1198 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1199 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1200 ** were present in the journal.
1201 **
1202 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1203 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1204 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1205 ** journal file name.
1206 **
1207 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1208 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1209 **
1210 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1211 ** error code is returned.
1212 */
readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file * pJrnl,char * zMaster,u32 nMaster)1213 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1214 int rc; /* Return code */
1215 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1216 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1217 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1218 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
1219 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1220 zMaster[0] = '\0';
1221
1222 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1223 || szJ<16
1224 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1225 || len>=nMaster
1226 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1227 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1228 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1229 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1230 ){
1231 return rc;
1232 }
1233
1234 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1235 for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1236 cksum -= zMaster[u];
1237 }
1238 if( cksum ){
1239 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1240 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1241 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1242 ** master-journal filename.
1243 */
1244 len = 0;
1245 }
1246 zMaster[len] = '\0';
1247
1248 return SQLITE_OK;
1249 }
1250
1251 /*
1252 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1253 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1254 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1255 **
1256 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1257 **
1258 ** Pager.journalOff Return value
1259 ** ---------------------------------------
1260 ** 0 0
1261 ** 512 512
1262 ** 100 512
1263 ** 2000 2048
1264 **
1265 */
journalHdrOffset(Pager * pPager)1266 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1267 i64 offset = 0;
1268 i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1269 if( c ){
1270 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1271 }
1272 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1273 assert( offset>=c );
1274 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1275 return offset;
1276 }
1277
1278 /*
1279 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1280 **
1281 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1282 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1283 **
1284 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1285 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1286 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1287 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1288 ** after writing or truncating it.
1289 **
1290 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1291 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1292 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1293 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1294 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1295 **
1296 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1297 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1298 */
zeroJournalHdr(Pager * pPager,int doTruncate)1299 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1300 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
1301 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1302 if( pPager->journalOff ){
1303 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */
1304
1305 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1306 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1307 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1308 }else{
1309 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1310 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1311 }
1312 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1313 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1314 }
1315
1316 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1317 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1318 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1319 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1320 ** to sync the file following this operation.
1321 */
1322 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1323 i64 sz;
1324 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1325 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1326 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1327 }
1328 }
1329 }
1330 return rc;
1331 }
1332
1333 /*
1334 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1335 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1336 ** current location.
1337 **
1338 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1339 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1340 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1341 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1342 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1343 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1344 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1345 **
1346 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1347 */
writeJournalHdr(Pager * pPager)1348 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1349 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
1350 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */
1351 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1352 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */
1353 int ii; /* Loop counter */
1354
1355 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1356
1357 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1358 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1359 }
1360
1361 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1362 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1363 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1364 */
1365 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1366 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1367 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1368 }
1369 }
1370
1371 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1372
1373 /*
1374 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1375 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1376 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1377 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1378 ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1379 **
1380 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1381 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1382 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1383 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1384 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1385 ** where this risk can be ignored:
1386 **
1387 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1388 ** power failure in this case anyway.
1389 **
1390 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1391 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1392 */
1393 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1394 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1395 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1396 ){
1397 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1398 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1399 }else{
1400 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1401 }
1402
1403 /* The random check-hash initialiser */
1404 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1405 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1406 /* The initial database size */
1407 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1408 /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1409 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1410
1411 /* The page size */
1412 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1413
1414 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything
1415 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing
1416 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1417 ** take the performance hit.
1418 */
1419 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1420 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1421
1422 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1423 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1424 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1425 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1426 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1427 **
1428 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1429 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1430 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1431 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1432 ** is done.
1433 **
1434 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1435 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1436 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1437 ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1438 */
1439 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1440 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1441 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1442 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1443 pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1444 }
1445
1446 return rc;
1447 }
1448
1449 /*
1450 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1451 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1452 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1453 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1454 ** a description of the journal header format.
1455 **
1456 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1457 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1458 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1459 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1460 ** in this case.
1461 **
1462 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1463 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1464 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1465 */
readJournalHdr(Pager * pPager,int isHot,i64 journalSize,u32 * pNRec,u32 * pDbSize)1466 static int readJournalHdr(
1467 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
1468 int isHot,
1469 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1470 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1471 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1472 ){
1473 int rc; /* Return code */
1474 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1475 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */
1476
1477 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1478
1479 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1480 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1481 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1482 */
1483 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1484 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1485 return SQLITE_DONE;
1486 }
1487 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1488
1489 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1490 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1491 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1492 ** proceed.
1493 */
1494 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1495 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1496 if( rc ){
1497 return rc;
1498 }
1499 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1500 return SQLITE_DONE;
1501 }
1502 }
1503
1504 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1505 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1506 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1507 */
1508 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1509 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1510 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1511 ){
1512 return rc;
1513 }
1514
1515 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1516 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */
1517 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1518
1519 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1520 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1521 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1522 ){
1523 return rc;
1524 }
1525
1526 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1527 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1528 ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1529 */
1530 if( iPageSize==0 ){
1531 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1532 }
1533
1534 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1535 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1536 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1537 ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1538 */
1539 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32
1540 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1541 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1542 ){
1543 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1544 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1545 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1546 ** the journal file here.
1547 */
1548 return SQLITE_DONE;
1549 }
1550
1551 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1552 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1553 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1554 */
1555 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1556 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1557
1558 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1559 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1560 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1561 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1562 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1563 */
1564 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1565 }
1566
1567 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1568 return rc;
1569 }
1570
1571
1572 /*
1573 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1574 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1575 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1576 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1577 ** anything is written. The format is:
1578 **
1579 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1580 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1581 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1582 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1583 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1584 **
1585 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1586 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1587 **
1588 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1589 ** this call is a no-op.
1590 */
writeMasterJournal(Pager * pPager,const char * zMaster)1591 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1592 int rc; /* Return code */
1593 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */
1594 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */
1595 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */
1596 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1597
1598 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1599 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1600
1601 if( !zMaster
1602 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1603 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
1604 ){
1605 return SQLITE_OK;
1606 }
1607 pPager->setMaster = 1;
1608 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1609 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1610
1611 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1612 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1613 cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1614 }
1615
1616 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1617 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1618 ** the journal has already been synced.
1619 */
1620 if( pPager->fullSync ){
1621 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1622 }
1623 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1624
1625 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1626 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1627 */
1628 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1629 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1630 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1631 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1632 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1633 ){
1634 return rc;
1635 }
1636 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1637
1638 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1639 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1640 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1641 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1642 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1643 ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1644 **
1645 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1646 ** file to the required size.
1647 */
1648 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1649 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1650 ){
1651 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1652 }
1653 return rc;
1654 }
1655
1656 /*
1657 ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
1658 ** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not
1659 ** already in memory.
1660 */
pager_lookup(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno)1661 static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1662 PgHdr *p; /* Return value */
1663
1664 /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
1665 ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
1666 */
1667 (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
1668 return p;
1669 }
1670
1671 /*
1672 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1673 */
pager_reset(Pager * pPager)1674 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1675 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1676 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1677 }
1678
1679 /*
1680 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1681 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1682 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1683 */
releaseAllSavepoints(Pager * pPager)1684 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1685 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1686 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1687 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1688 }
1689 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
1690 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1691 }
1692 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1693 pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1694 pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1695 pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1696 }
1697
1698 /*
1699 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1700 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1701 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1702 */
addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno)1703 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1704 int ii; /* Loop counter */
1705 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
1706
1707 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1708 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1709 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1710 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1711 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1712 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1713 }
1714 }
1715 return rc;
1716 }
1717
1718 /*
1719 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1720 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1721 ** state.
1722 **
1723 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1724 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1725 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1726 ** closed (if it is open).
1727 **
1728 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1729 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1730 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1731 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1732 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1733 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1734 */
pager_unlock(Pager * pPager)1735 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1736
1737 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1738 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1739 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1740 );
1741
1742 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1743 pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1744 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1745
1746 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1747 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1748 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1749 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1750 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1751 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1752 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1753
1754 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1755 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise
1756 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1757 ** out from under us.
1758 */
1759 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 );
1760 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 );
1761 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 );
1762 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 );
1763 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1764 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
1765 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1766 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1767 ){
1768 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1769 }
1770
1771 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1772 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1773 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1774 ** is necessary.
1775 */
1776 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1777 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1778 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1779 }
1780
1781 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1782 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1783 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1784 */
1785 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1786 pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1787 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1788 }
1789
1790 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1791 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1792 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1793 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1794 */
1795 if( pPager->errCode ){
1796 assert( !MEMDB );
1797 pager_reset(pPager);
1798 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
1799 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1800 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1801 }
1802
1803 pPager->journalOff = 0;
1804 pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1805 pPager->setMaster = 0;
1806 }
1807
1808 /*
1809 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1810 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1811 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1812 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1813 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1814 **
1815 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1816 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1817 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1818 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1819 **
1820 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1821 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1822 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1823 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1824 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1825 ** it were a hot-journal).
1826 */
pager_error(Pager * pPager,int rc)1827 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1828 int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1829 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1830 assert(
1831 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1832 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1833 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1834 );
1835 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1836 pPager->errCode = rc;
1837 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1838 }
1839 return rc;
1840 }
1841
1842 /*
1843 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1844 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1845 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1846 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1847 ** database transaction.
1848 **
1849 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1850 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1851 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1852 **
1853 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1854 **
1855 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1856 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1857 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1858 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1859 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1860 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1861 **
1862 ** journalMode==MEMORY
1863 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1864 ** in-memory journal.
1865 **
1866 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE
1867 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1868 **
1869 ** journalMode==PERSIST
1870 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1871 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1872 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1873 **
1874 ** journalMode==DELETE
1875 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1876 **
1877 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1878 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1879 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1880 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1881 **
1882 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1883 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1884 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1885 **
1886 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1887 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1888 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1889 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1890 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1891 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1892 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1893 ** returned.
1894 */
pager_end_transaction(Pager * pPager,int hasMaster)1895 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
1896 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1897 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1898
1899 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1900 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1901 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1902 ** held under two circumstances:
1903 **
1904 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1905 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1906 **
1907 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1908 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1909 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1910 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1911 */
1912 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1913 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1914 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1915 return SQLITE_OK;
1916 }
1917
1918 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1919 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1920 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1921 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1922
1923 /* Finalize the journal file. */
1924 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
1925 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
1926 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1927 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1928 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1929 rc = SQLITE_OK;
1930 }else{
1931 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1932 }
1933 pPager->journalOff = 0;
1934 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
1935 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
1936 ){
1937 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
1938 pPager->journalOff = 0;
1939 }else{
1940 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
1941 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
1942 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
1943 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
1944 */
1945 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
1946 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1947 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
1948 );
1949 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1950 if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1951 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
1952 }
1953 }
1954 }
1955
1956 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1957 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
1958 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
1959 PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
1960 if( p ){
1961 p->pageHash = 0;
1962 sqlite3PagerUnref(p);
1963 }
1964 }
1965 #endif
1966
1967 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1968 pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1969 pPager->nRec = 0;
1970 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
1971 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
1972
1973 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1974 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
1975 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
1976 ** lock held on the database file.
1977 */
1978 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1979 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
1980 }
1981 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
1982 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
1983 ){
1984 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
1985 pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1986 }
1987 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
1988 pPager->setMaster = 0;
1989
1990 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
1991 }
1992
1993 /*
1994 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
1995 ** database file.
1996 **
1997 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
1998 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
1999 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2000 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2001 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2002 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2003 ** will roll it back.
2004 **
2005 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2006 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2007 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2008 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2009 */
pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager * pPager)2010 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2011 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2012 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2013 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2014 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2015 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2016 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2017 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2018 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2019 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
2020 }
2021 }
2022 pager_unlock(pPager);
2023 }
2024
2025 /*
2026 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2027 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2028 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2029 **
2030 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2031 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2032 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2033 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2034 **
2035 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2036 ** incompatible journal file format.
2037 **
2038 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2039 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2040 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2041 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2042 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2043 */
pager_cksum(Pager * pPager,const u8 * aData)2044 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2045 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */
2046 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */
2047 while( i>0 ){
2048 cksum += aData[i];
2049 i -= 200;
2050 }
2051 return cksum;
2052 }
2053
2054 /*
2055 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2056 ** to the codec.
2057 */
2058 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
pagerReportSize(Pager * pPager)2059 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2060 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2061 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2062 (int)pPager->nReserve);
2063 }
2064 }
2065 #else
2066 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2067 #endif
2068
2069 /*
2070 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2071 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2072 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2073 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2074 **
2075 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2076 ** not.
2077 **
2078 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2079 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2080 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2081 **
2082 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2083 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2084 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2085 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2086 ** prior to returning.
2087 **
2088 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2089 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2090 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2091 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2092 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2093 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2094 ** two circumstances:
2095 **
2096 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2097 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2098 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2099 **
2100 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2101 **
2102 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2103 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2104 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2105 */
pager_playback_one_page(Pager * pPager,i64 * pOffset,Bitvec * pDone,int isMainJrnl,int isSavepnt)2106 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2107 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */
2108 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */
2109 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2110 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2111 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2112 ){
2113 int rc;
2114 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */
2115 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */
2116 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2117 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */
2118 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2119 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */
2120
2121 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2122 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2123 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2124 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2125
2126 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2127 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2128 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2129
2130 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2131 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2132 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2133 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2134 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2135 */
2136 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2137 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2138 );
2139 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2140
2141 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2142 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2143 */
2144 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2145 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2146 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2147 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2148 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2149 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2150
2151 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally
2152 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2153 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to
2154 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2155 */
2156 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2157 assert( !isSavepnt );
2158 return SQLITE_DONE;
2159 }
2160 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2161 return SQLITE_OK;
2162 }
2163 if( isMainJrnl ){
2164 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2165 if( rc ) return rc;
2166 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2167 return SQLITE_DONE;
2168 }
2169 }
2170
2171 /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
2172 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2173 */
2174 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2175 return rc;
2176 }
2177
2178 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2179 */
2180 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2181 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2182 pagerReportSize(pPager);
2183 }
2184
2185 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2186 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2187 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2188 **
2189 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2190 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2191 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2192 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2193 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2194 ** assert()able.
2195 **
2196 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2197 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2198 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2199 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2200 ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2201 **
2202 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
2203 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2204 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2205 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a
2206 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2207 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2208 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2209 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2210 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be
2211 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2212 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2213 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2214 ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2215 **
2216 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2217 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2218 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2219 */
2220 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2221 pPg = 0;
2222 }else{
2223 pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
2224 }
2225 assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2226 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
2227 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2228 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2229 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2230 ));
2231 if( isMainJrnl ){
2232 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2233 }else{
2234 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2235 }
2236 if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2237 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2238 && isSynced
2239 ){
2240 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2241 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2242 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2243 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2244 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2245 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2246 }
2247 if( pPager->pBackup ){
2248 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2249 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2250 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
2251 }
2252 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2253 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2254 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2255 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2256 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2257 ** current.
2258 **
2259 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2260 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2261 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2262 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2263 **
2264 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2265 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2266 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2267 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2268 */
2269 assert( isSavepnt );
2270 assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 );
2271 pPager->doNotSpill++;
2272 rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2273 assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 );
2274 pPager->doNotSpill--;
2275 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2276 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
2277 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2278 }
2279 if( pPg ){
2280 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2281 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2282 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2283 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2284 ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2285 */
2286 void *pData;
2287 pData = pPg->pData;
2288 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2289 pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2290 if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
2291 /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
2292 ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
2293 ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
2294 ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
2295 ** database.
2296 **
2297 ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
2298 ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
2299 ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
2300 ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
2301 ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
2302 ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
2303 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
2304 ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
2305 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
2306 ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
2307 ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
2308 ** database corruption may ensue.
2309 */
2310 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2311 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
2312 }
2313 pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2314
2315 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2316 ** Do this before any decoding. */
2317 if( pgno==1 ){
2318 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2319 }
2320
2321 /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2322 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2323 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2324 }
2325 return rc;
2326 }
2327
2328 /*
2329 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2330 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2331 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2332 ** and does so if it is.
2333 **
2334 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2335 ** available for use within this function.
2336 **
2337 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2338 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2339 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2340 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2341 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2342 **
2343 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2344 **
2345 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2346 ** journals have been rolled back.
2347 **
2348 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2349 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2350 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2351 **
2352 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so
2353 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2354 ** file zMaster
2355 **
2356 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2357 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2358 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2359 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2360 **
2361 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2362 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2363 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2364 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2365 **
2366 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2367 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2368 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2369 ** size.
2370 */
pager_delmaster(Pager * pPager,const char * zMaster)2371 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2372 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2373 int rc; /* Return code */
2374 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2375 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2376 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2377 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */
2378 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2379 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2380 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2381
2382 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2383 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2384 */
2385 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2386 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2387 if( !pMaster ){
2388 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2389 }else{
2390 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2391 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2392 }
2393 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2394
2395 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2396 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain
2397 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2398 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2399 */
2400 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2401 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2402 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2403 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2404 if( !zMasterJournal ){
2405 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2406 goto delmaster_out;
2407 }
2408 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2409 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2410 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2411 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2412
2413 zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2414 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2415 int exists;
2416 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2417 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2418 goto delmaster_out;
2419 }
2420 if( exists ){
2421 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2422 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2423 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2424 */
2425 int c;
2426 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2427 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2428 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2429 goto delmaster_out;
2430 }
2431
2432 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2433 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2434 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2435 goto delmaster_out;
2436 }
2437
2438 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2439 if( c ){
2440 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2441 goto delmaster_out;
2442 }
2443 }
2444 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2445 }
2446
2447 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2448 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2449
2450 delmaster_out:
2451 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2452 if( pMaster ){
2453 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2454 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2455 sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2456 }
2457 return rc;
2458 }
2459
2460
2461 /*
2462 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2463 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2464 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2465 **
2466 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2467 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2468 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2469 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2470 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2471 **
2472 ** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2473 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2474 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2475 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2476 ** the end of the new file instead.
2477 **
2478 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2479 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2480 */
pager_truncate(Pager * pPager,Pgno nPage)2481 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2482 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2483 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2484 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2485
2486 if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2487 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2488 ){
2489 i64 currentSize, newSize;
2490 int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2491 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2492 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2493 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize);
2494 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2495 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2496 if( currentSize>newSize ){
2497 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2498 }else{
2499 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2500 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2501 testcase( (newSize-szPage) < currentSize );
2502 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2503 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize );
2504 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2505 }
2506 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2507 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2508 }
2509 }
2510 }
2511 return rc;
2512 }
2513
2514 /*
2515 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2516 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2517 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used
2518 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2519 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2520 **
2521 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2522 **
2523 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2524 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2525 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2526 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2527 */
setSectorSize(Pager * pPager)2528 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2529 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2530
2531 if( !pPager->tempFile ){
2532 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2533 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2534 ** call will segfault.
2535 */
2536 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
2537 }
2538 if( pPager->sectorSize<32 ){
2539 pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2540 }
2541 if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2542 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2543 pPager->sectorSize = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2544 }
2545 }
2546
2547 /*
2548 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2549 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2550 **
2551 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2552 **
2553 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2554 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2555 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2556 ** number of page records from the journal size.
2557 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2558 ** sanity checksum.
2559 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2560 ** database to during a rollback.
2561 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
2562 ** is this many bytes in size.
2563 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2564 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size.
2565 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2566 ** + 4 byte page number.
2567 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2568 ** + 4 byte checksum
2569 **
2570 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2571 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2572 **
2573 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
2574 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
2575 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power
2576 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2577 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2578 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case,
2579 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For
2580 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2581 **
2582 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2583 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
2584 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
2585 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
2586 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2587 **
2588 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2589 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2590 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2591 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2592 ** been encountered.
2593 **
2594 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2595 ** and an error code is returned.
2596 **
2597 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2598 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
2599 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2600 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2601 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2602 ** needed.
2603 */
pager_playback(Pager * pPager,int isHot)2604 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2605 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2606 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2607 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */
2608 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
2609 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
2610 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */
2611 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2612 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */
2613 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2614
2615 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if
2616 ** the journal is empty.
2617 */
2618 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2619 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2620 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2621 goto end_playback;
2622 }
2623
2624 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2625 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2626 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2627 ** played back.
2628 **
2629 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2630 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2631 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2632 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2633 ** for pageSize.
2634 */
2635 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2636 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2637 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2638 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2639 }
2640 zMaster = 0;
2641 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2642 goto end_playback;
2643 }
2644 pPager->journalOff = 0;
2645 needPagerReset = isHot;
2646
2647 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2648 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2649 ** occurs.
2650 */
2651 while( 1 ){
2652 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
2653 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2654 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2655 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2656 */
2657 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2658 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2659 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2660 rc = SQLITE_OK;
2661 }
2662 goto end_playback;
2663 }
2664
2665 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2666 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2667 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2668 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2669 */
2670 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2671 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2672 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2673 }
2674
2675 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2676 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2677 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2678 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2679 ** size of the file.
2680 **
2681 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2682 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2683 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
2684 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2685 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2686 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2687 ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2688 */
2689 if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2690 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2691 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2692 }
2693
2694 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2695 ** database file back to its original size.
2696 */
2697 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2698 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2699 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2700 goto end_playback;
2701 }
2702 pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2703 }
2704
2705 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2706 ** database file and/or page cache.
2707 */
2708 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2709 if( needPagerReset ){
2710 pager_reset(pPager);
2711 needPagerReset = 0;
2712 }
2713 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2714 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2715 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2716 rc = SQLITE_OK;
2717 pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2718 break;
2719 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2720 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2721 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2722 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that
2723 ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2724 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2725 rc = SQLITE_OK;
2726 goto end_playback;
2727 }else{
2728 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2729 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2730 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next
2731 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2732 */
2733 goto end_playback;
2734 }
2735 }
2736 }
2737 }
2738 /*NOTREACHED*/
2739 assert( 0 );
2740
2741 end_playback:
2742 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2743 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2744 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2745 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2746 */
2747 assert(
2748 pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ||
2749 sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0)>=SQLITE_OK
2750 );
2751
2752 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2753 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2754 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2755 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2756 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2757 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2758 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2759 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2760 */
2761 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2762
2763 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2764 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2765 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2766 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2767 }
2768 if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2769 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2770 ){
2771 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
2772 }
2773 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2774 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
2775 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2776 }
2777 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2778 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2779 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2780 */
2781 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2782 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2783 }
2784
2785 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2786 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2787 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2788 */
2789 setSectorSize(pPager);
2790 return rc;
2791 }
2792
2793
2794 /*
2795 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2796 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2797 ** file before this function is called.
2798 **
2799 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2800 ** the value read from the database file.
2801 **
2802 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2803 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2804 */
readDbPage(PgHdr * pPg)2805 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
2806 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2807 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */
2808 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
2809 int isInWal = 0; /* True if page is in log file */
2810 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2811
2812 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2813 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2814
2815 if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
2816 assert( pPager->tempFile );
2817 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
2818 return SQLITE_OK;
2819 }
2820
2821 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2822 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2823 rc = sqlite3WalRead(pPager->pWal, pgno, &isInWal, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2824 }
2825 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isInWal ){
2826 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2827 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2828 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2829 rc = SQLITE_OK;
2830 }
2831 }
2832
2833 if( pgno==1 ){
2834 if( rc ){
2835 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2836 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy
2837 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be
2838 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2839 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling
2840 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2841 **
2842 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes
2843 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of
2844 ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2845 ** we should still be ok.
2846 */
2847 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2848 }else{
2849 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2850 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2851 }
2852 }
2853 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
2854
2855 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2856 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2857 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2858 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2859 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2860
2861 return rc;
2862 }
2863
2864 /*
2865 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2866 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2867 **
2868 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2869 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2870 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2871 */
pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr * pPg)2872 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2873 u32 change_counter;
2874
2875 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2876 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2877 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2878
2879 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2880 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2881 ** is valid. */
2882 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2883 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2884 }
2885
2886 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2887 /*
2888 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2889 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2890 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2891 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2892 **
2893 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
2894 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
2895 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
2896 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
2897 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
2898 */
pagerUndoCallback(void * pCtx,Pgno iPg)2899 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
2900 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2901 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
2902 PgHdr *pPg;
2903
2904 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
2905 if( pPg ){
2906 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
2907 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
2908 }else{
2909 rc = readDbPage(pPg);
2910 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2911 pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2912 }
2913 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
2914 }
2915 }
2916
2917 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
2918 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
2919 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
2920 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
2921 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
2922 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
2923 ** the backups must be restarted.
2924 */
2925 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
2926
2927 return rc;
2928 }
2929
2930 /*
2931 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
2932 */
pagerRollbackWal(Pager * pPager)2933 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
2934 int rc; /* Return Code */
2935 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
2936
2937 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
2938 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
2939 ** following:
2940 **
2941 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
2942 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
2943 */
2944 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
2945 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
2946 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
2947 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2948 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
2949 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
2950 pList = pNext;
2951 }
2952
2953 return rc;
2954 }
2955
2956 /*
2957 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
2958 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
2959 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
2960 ** changed.
2961 **
2962 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
2963 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
2964 */
pagerWalFrames(Pager * pPager,PgHdr * pList,Pgno nTruncate,int isCommit,int syncFlags)2965 static int pagerWalFrames(
2966 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
2967 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */
2968 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */
2969 int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */
2970 int syncFlags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
2971 ){
2972 int rc; /* Return code */
2973 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
2974 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */
2975 #endif
2976
2977 assert( pPager->pWal );
2978 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2979 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
2980 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
2981 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
2982 }
2983 #endif
2984
2985 if( isCommit ){
2986 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
2987 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
2988 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
2989 ** list here. */
2990 PgHdr *p;
2991 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
2992 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p); p=p->pDirty){
2993 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ) ppNext = &p->pDirty;
2994 }
2995 assert( pList );
2996 }
2997
2998 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
2999 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3000 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, syncFlags
3001 );
3002 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3003 PgHdr *p;
3004 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3005 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3006 }
3007 }
3008
3009 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3010 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3011 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3012 pager_set_pagehash(p);
3013 }
3014 #endif
3015
3016 return rc;
3017 }
3018
3019 /*
3020 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3021 **
3022 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3023 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3024 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3025 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3026 */
pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager * pPager)3027 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3028 int rc; /* Return code */
3029 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */
3030
3031 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3032 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3033
3034 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3035 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we
3036 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3037 ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3038 */
3039 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3040
3041 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3042 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3043 pager_reset(pPager);
3044 }
3045
3046 return rc;
3047 }
3048 #endif
3049
3050 /*
3051 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3052 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3053 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3054 **
3055 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3056 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3057 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3058 */
pagerPagecount(Pager * pPager,Pgno * pnPage)3059 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3060 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3061
3062 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3063 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3064 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3065 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3066 ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3067 */
3068 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3069 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock );
3070 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3071
3072 /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
3073 ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
3074 ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
3075 ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
3076 ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
3077 */
3078 if( nPage==0 ){
3079 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */
3080 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3081 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3082 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3083 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3084 return rc;
3085 }
3086 }
3087 nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize);
3088 if( nPage==0 && n>0 ){
3089 nPage = 1;
3090 }
3091 }
3092
3093 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3094 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3095 ** that the file can be read.
3096 */
3097 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3098 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3099 }
3100
3101 *pnPage = nPage;
3102 return SQLITE_OK;
3103 }
3104
3105 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3106 /*
3107 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3108 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3109 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3110 **
3111 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3112 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3113 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3114 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3115 **
3116 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3117 **
3118 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3119 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3120 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3121 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3122 ** other connection.
3123 */
pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager * pPager)3124 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3125 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3126 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3127 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock );
3128
3129 if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3130 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */
3131 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */
3132
3133 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3134 if( rc ) return rc;
3135 if( nPage==0 ){
3136 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3137 isWal = 0;
3138 }else{
3139 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3140 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3141 );
3142 }
3143 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3144 if( isWal ){
3145 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3146 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3147 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3148 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3149 }
3150 }
3151 }
3152 return rc;
3153 }
3154 #endif
3155
3156 /*
3157 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3158 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3159 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3160 ** savepoint.
3161 **
3162 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3163 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3164 ** performed in the order specified:
3165 **
3166 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3167 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3168 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3169 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3170 **
3171 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3172 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following
3173 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3174 **
3175 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3176 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3177 ** the journal file.
3178 **
3179 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3180 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3181 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3182 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3183 **
3184 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3185 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3186 **
3187 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3188 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3189 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3190 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3191 */
pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager * pPager,PagerSavepoint * pSavepoint)3192 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3193 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */
3194 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3195 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
3196 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3197
3198 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3199 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3200
3201 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3202 if( pSavepoint ){
3203 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3204 if( !pDone ){
3205 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3206 }
3207 }
3208
3209 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3210 ** being reverted was opened.
3211 */
3212 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3213 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3214
3215 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3216 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3217 }
3218
3219 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3220 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in
3221 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything
3222 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3223 */
3224 szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3225 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3226
3227 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3228 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3229 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3230 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3231 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they
3232 ** are played back.
3233 */
3234 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3235 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3236 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3237 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3238 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3239 }
3240 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3241 }else{
3242 pPager->journalOff = 0;
3243 }
3244
3245 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3246 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3247 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3248 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3249 */
3250 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3251 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
3252 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */
3253 u32 dummy;
3254 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3255 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3256
3257 /*
3258 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3259 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
3260 ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3261 */
3262 if( nJRec==0
3263 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3264 ){
3265 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3266 }
3267 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3268 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3269 }
3270 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3271 }
3272 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3273
3274 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were
3275 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3276 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3277 */
3278 if( pSavepoint ){
3279 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
3280 i64 offset = pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3281
3282 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3283 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3284 }
3285 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3286 assert( offset==ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3287 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3288 }
3289 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3290 }
3291
3292 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3293 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3294 pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3295 }
3296
3297 return rc;
3298 }
3299
3300 /*
3301 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
3302 */
sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager * pPager,int mxPage)3303 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3304 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3305 }
3306
3307 /*
3308 ** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
3309 ** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
3310 ** the rollback journal. There are three levels:
3311 **
3312 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default
3313 ** for temporary and transient files.
3314 **
3315 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3316 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but
3317 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3318 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3319 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database
3320 ** when it is rolled back.
3321 **
3322 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3323 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3324 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two
3325 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a
3326 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3327 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3328 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3329 **
3330 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues
3331 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3332 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3333 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3334 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for
3335 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL
3336 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3337 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
3338 **
3339 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The
3340 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3341 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3342 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3343 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the
3344 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3345 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3346 **
3347 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3348 ** and FULL=3.
3349 */
3350 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager * pPager,int level,int bFullFsync,int bCkptFullFsync)3351 void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(
3352 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */
3353 int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */
3354 int bFullFsync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync */
3355 int bCkptFullFsync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */
3356 ){
3357 assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
3358 pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3359 pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3360 if( pPager->noSync ){
3361 pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3362 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3363 }else if( bFullFsync ){
3364 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3365 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3366 }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){
3367 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3368 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3369 }else{
3370 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3371 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3372 }
3373 }
3374 #endif
3375
3376 /*
3377 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3378 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
3379 ** testing and analysis only.
3380 */
3381 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3382 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3383 #endif
3384
3385 /*
3386 ** Open a temporary file.
3387 **
3388 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3389 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3390 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3391 **
3392 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3393 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3394 **
3395 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3396 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3397 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3398 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3399 */
pagerOpentemp(Pager * pPager,sqlite3_file * pFile,int vfsFlags)3400 static int pagerOpentemp(
3401 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */
3402 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */
3403 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3404 ){
3405 int rc; /* Return code */
3406
3407 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3408 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3409 #endif
3410
3411 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3412 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3413 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3414 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3415 return rc;
3416 }
3417
3418 /*
3419 ** Set the busy handler function.
3420 **
3421 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3422 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3423 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3424 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3425 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3426 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3427 **
3428 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler
3429 ** --------------------------------------------------------
3430 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes
3431 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No
3432 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
3433 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
3434 **
3435 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3436 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3437 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3438 */
sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager * pPager,int (* xBusyHandler)(void *),void * pBusyHandlerArg)3439 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3440 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
3441 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3442 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3443 ){
3444 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3445 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3446 }
3447
3448 /*
3449 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3450 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3451 **
3452 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3453 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3454 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3455 **
3456 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3457 **
3458 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3459 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3460 **
3461 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and
3462 **
3463 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3464 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3465 **
3466 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3467 **
3468 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3469 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3470 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3471 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3472 **
3473 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3474 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3475 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3476 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3477 */
sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager * pPager,u32 * pPageSize,int nReserve)3478 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3479 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3480
3481 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3482 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3483 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3484 **
3485 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3486 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3487 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3488 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3489 */
3490
3491 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3492 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3493 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3494 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3495 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3496 ){
3497 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */
3498 i64 nByte = 0;
3499
3500 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3501 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3502 }
3503 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3504 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3505 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
3506 }
3507
3508 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3509 pager_reset(pPager);
3510 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)(nByte/pageSize);
3511 pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3512 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3513 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3514 sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3515 }
3516 }
3517
3518 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3519 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3520 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3521 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3522 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3523 pagerReportSize(pPager);
3524 }
3525 return rc;
3526 }
3527
3528 /*
3529 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3530 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3531 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally
3532 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3533 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3534 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3535 */
sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager * pPager)3536 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3537 return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3538 }
3539
3540 /*
3541 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3542 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
3543 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3544 **
3545 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3546 */
sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager * pPager,int mxPage)3547 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3548 if( mxPage>0 ){
3549 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3550 }
3551 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3552 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3553 return pPager->mxPgno;
3554 }
3555
3556 /*
3557 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3558 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated
3559 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3560 **
3561 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3562 ** and generate no code.
3563 */
3564 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3565 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3566 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3567 static int saved_cnt;
disable_simulated_io_errors(void)3568 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3569 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3570 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3571 }
enable_simulated_io_errors(void)3572 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3573 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3574 }
3575 #else
3576 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3577 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3578 #endif
3579
3580 /*
3581 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3582 ** that pDest points to.
3583 **
3584 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3585 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3586 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3587 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3588 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3589 **
3590 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3591 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3592 ** output buffer undefined.
3593 */
sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager * pPager,int N,unsigned char * pDest)3594 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3595 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3596 memset(pDest, 0, N);
3597 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3598
3599 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3600 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition
3601 ** to WAL mode yet.
3602 */
3603 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3604
3605 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3606 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3607 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3608 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3609 rc = SQLITE_OK;
3610 }
3611 }
3612 return rc;
3613 }
3614
3615 /*
3616 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3617 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3618 **
3619 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3620 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3621 */
sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager * pPager,int * pnPage)3622 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3623 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3624 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3625 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3626 }
3627
3628
3629 /*
3630 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3631 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3632 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3633 **
3634 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3635 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3636 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3637 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3638 **
3639 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3640 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3641 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3642 */
pager_wait_on_lock(Pager * pPager,int locktype)3643 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3644 int rc; /* Return code */
3645
3646 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3647 ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
3648 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3649 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3650 */
3651 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3652 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3653 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3654 );
3655
3656 do {
3657 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3658 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3659 return rc;
3660 }
3661
3662 /*
3663 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3664 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3665 **
3666 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3667 ** current database image, in pages, OR
3668 **
3669 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3670 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3671 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3672 **
3673 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3674 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3675 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3676 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3677 ** this happened, the correct behaviour would be to restore the current
3678 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3679 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3680 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3681 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3682 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3683 */
3684 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr * pPg)3685 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3686 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3687 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3688 }
assertTruncateConstraint(Pager * pPager)3689 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3690 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3691 }
3692 #else
3693 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3694 #endif
3695
3696 /*
3697 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3698 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3699 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3700 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3701 */
sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager * pPager,Pgno nPage)3702 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3703 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3704 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3705 pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3706 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
3707 }
3708
3709
3710 /*
3711 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3712 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3713 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3714 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3715 **
3716 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3717 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3718 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3719 ** content as this process.
3720 **
3721 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3722 ** an SQLite error code.
3723 */
pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager * pPager)3724 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3725 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3726 if( !pPager->noSync ){
3727 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3728 }
3729 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3730 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3731 }
3732 return rc;
3733 }
3734
3735 /*
3736 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
3737 **
3738 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
3739 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated
3740 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated
3741 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
3742 ** result in a coredump.
3743 **
3744 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
3745 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
3746 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
3747 ** to the caller.
3748 */
sqlite3PagerClose(Pager * pPager)3749 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
3750 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
3751
3752 disable_simulated_io_errors();
3753 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
3754 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
3755 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
3756 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3757 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
3758 pPager->pWal = 0;
3759 #endif
3760 pager_reset(pPager);
3761 if( MEMDB ){
3762 pager_unlock(pPager);
3763 }else{
3764 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
3765 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
3766 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
3767 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
3768 **
3769 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
3770 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
3771 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
3772 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
3773 ** rollback before accessing the database file.
3774 */
3775 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
3776 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
3777 }
3778 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
3779 }
3780 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
3781 enable_simulated_io_errors();
3782 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
3783 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
3784 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
3785 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
3786 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
3787 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
3788
3789 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
3790 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
3791 #endif
3792
3793 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
3794 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
3795
3796 sqlite3_free(pPager);
3797 return SQLITE_OK;
3798 }
3799
3800 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
3801 /*
3802 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
3803 */
sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage * pPg)3804 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
3805 return pPg->pgno;
3806 }
3807 #endif
3808
3809 /*
3810 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
3811 */
sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage * pPg)3812 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
3813 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
3814 }
3815
3816 /*
3817 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
3818 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
3819 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
3820 **
3821 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
3822 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
3823 ** device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows:
3824 **
3825 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
3826 ** be taken.
3827 **
3828 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
3829 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
3830 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
3831 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
3832 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
3833 **
3834 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
3835 ** journal file is synced.
3836 **
3837 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
3838 **
3839 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
3840 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
3841 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
3842 ** <update nRec field>
3843 ** }
3844 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
3845 ** }
3846 **
3847 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
3848 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
3849 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
3850 */
syncJournal(Pager * pPager,int newHdr)3851 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
3852 int rc; /* Return code */
3853
3854 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
3855 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
3856 );
3857 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
3858 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3859
3860 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
3861 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
3862
3863 if( !pPager->noSync ){
3864 assert( !pPager->tempFile );
3865 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
3866 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
3867 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
3868
3869 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
3870 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
3871 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
3872 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
3873 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
3874 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
3875 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
3876 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
3877 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
3878 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
3879 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
3880 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
3881 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
3882 **
3883 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
3884 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
3885 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
3886 **
3887 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
3888 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
3889 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
3890 ** the potential journal header.
3891 */
3892 i64 iNextHdrOffset;
3893 u8 aMagic[8];
3894 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
3895
3896 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
3897 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
3898
3899 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
3900 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
3901 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
3902 static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
3903 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
3904 }
3905 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3906 return rc;
3907 }
3908
3909 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
3910 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
3911 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
3912 ** it as a candidate for rollback.
3913 **
3914 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
3915 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
3916 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
3917 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
3918 ** and never needs to be updated.
3919 */
3920 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
3921 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
3922 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
3923 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
3924 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
3925 }
3926 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
3927 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
3928 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
3929 );
3930 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
3931 }
3932 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
3933 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
3934 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
3935 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
3936 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
3937 );
3938 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
3939 }
3940
3941 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
3942 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
3943 pPager->nRec = 0;
3944 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
3945 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
3946 }
3947 }else{
3948 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
3949 }
3950 }
3951
3952 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
3953 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
3954 ** all pages.
3955 */
3956 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
3957 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
3958 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
3959 return SQLITE_OK;
3960 }
3961
3962 /*
3963 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
3964 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
3965 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
3966 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
3967 ** a no-op.
3968 **
3969 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
3970 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
3971 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
3972 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
3973 **
3974 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
3975 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
3976 ** written out.
3977 **
3978 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
3979 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
3980 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
3981 **
3982 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
3983 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
3984 **
3985 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
3986 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
3987 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
3988 ** the database file.
3989 **
3990 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
3991 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
3992 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
3993 */
pager_write_pagelist(Pager * pPager,PgHdr * pList)3994 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
3995 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
3996
3997 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
3998 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3999 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4000 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4001
4002 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4003 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4004 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4005 */
4006 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4007 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4008 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4009 }
4010
4011 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4012 ** file size will be.
4013 */
4014 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4015 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbHintSize ){
4016 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4017 sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4018 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4019 }
4020
4021 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4022 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4023
4024 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4025 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4026 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4027 ** any such pages to the file.
4028 **
4029 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4030 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4031 */
4032 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4033 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */
4034 char *pData; /* Data to write */
4035
4036 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4037 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4038
4039 /* Encode the database */
4040 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
4041
4042 /* Write out the page data. */
4043 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4044
4045 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4046 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4047 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4048 */
4049 if( pgno==1 ){
4050 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4051 }
4052 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4053 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4054 }
4055
4056 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4057 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4058
4059 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4060 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4061 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4062 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4063 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite);
4064 }else{
4065 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4066 }
4067 pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4068 pList = pList->pDirty;
4069 }
4070
4071 return rc;
4072 }
4073
4074 /*
4075 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4076 ** function is a no-op.
4077 **
4078 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4079 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4080 ** fails.
4081 */
openSubJournal(Pager * pPager)4082 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4083 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4084 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4085 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4086 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
4087 }else{
4088 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
4089 }
4090 }
4091 return rc;
4092 }
4093
4094 /*
4095 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4096 ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
4097 ** that it is really required before calling this function.
4098 **
4099 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4100 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4101 **
4102 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4103 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4104 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4105 ** bitvec.
4106 */
subjournalPage(PgHdr * pPg)4107 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4108 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4109 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4110 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4111
4112 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4113 assert( pPager->useJournal );
4114 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4115 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4116 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4117 || pageInJournal(pPg)
4118 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4119 );
4120 rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4121
4122 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4123 ** write the journal record into the file. */
4124 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4125 void *pData = pPg->pData;
4126 i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4127 char *pData2;
4128
4129 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
4130 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4131 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4132 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4133 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4134 }
4135 }
4136 }
4137 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4138 pPager->nSubRec++;
4139 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4140 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4141 }
4142 return rc;
4143 }
4144
4145 /*
4146 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4147 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4148 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4149 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4150 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4151 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4152 ** argument.
4153 **
4154 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4155 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4156 ** journal file.
4157 **
4158 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4159 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4160 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4161 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4162 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4163 */
pagerStress(void * p,PgHdr * pPg)4164 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4165 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4166 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4167
4168 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4169 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4170
4171 /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of
4172 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs
4173 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4174 ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4175 **
4176 ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether
4177 ** or not a sync is required. This is set during a rollback.
4178 **
4179 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4180 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementaton it
4181 ** is impossible for sqlite3PCacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
4182 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4183 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4184 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4185 */
4186 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4187 if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK;
4188 if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){
4189 return SQLITE_OK;
4190 }
4191
4192 pPg->pDirty = 0;
4193 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4194 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4195 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4196 rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
4197 }
4198 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4199 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0, 0);
4200 }
4201 }else{
4202
4203 /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4204 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4205 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4206 ){
4207 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4208 }
4209
4210 /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
4211 ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
4212 ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
4213 ** actually write data to the file in this case.
4214 **
4215 ** Consider the following sequence of events:
4216 **
4217 ** BEGIN;
4218 ** <journal page X>
4219 ** <modify page X>
4220 ** SAVEPOINT sp;
4221 ** <shrink database file to Y pages>
4222 ** pagerStress(page X)
4223 ** ROLLBACK TO sp;
4224 **
4225 ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
4226 ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
4227 ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
4228 ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
4229 ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
4230 ** was executed.
4231 **
4232 ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
4233 ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
4234 ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
4235 ** executed.
4236 */
4237 if( NEVER(
4238 rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
4239 ) ){
4240 rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
4241 }
4242
4243 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4244 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4245 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4246 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4247 }
4248 }
4249
4250 /* Mark the page as clean. */
4251 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4252 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4253 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4254 }
4255
4256 return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4257 }
4258
4259
4260 /*
4261 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4262 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4263 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4264 **
4265 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4266 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4267 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4268 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4269 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4270 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4271 **
4272 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4273 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4274 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4275 **
4276 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4277 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4278 ** of the PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK flags.
4279 **
4280 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4281 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4282 **
4283 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4284 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4285 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4286 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4287 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4288 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4289 */
sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs * pVfs,Pager ** ppPager,const char * zFilename,int nExtra,int flags,int vfsFlags,void (* xReinit)(DbPage *))4290 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4291 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */
4292 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4293 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */
4294 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4295 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */
4296 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4297 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4298 ){
4299 u8 *pPtr;
4300 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4301 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
4302 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4303 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4304 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */
4305 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4306 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */
4307 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4308 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4309 int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0; /* True to omit read-lock */
4310 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4311 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */
4312
4313 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4314 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
4315 ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
4316 ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
4317 ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
4318 ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
4319 ** source file journal.c).
4320 */
4321 if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
4322 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4323 }else{
4324 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
4325 }
4326
4327 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4328 *ppPager = 0;
4329
4330 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4331 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4332 memDb = 1;
4333 zFilename = 0;
4334 }
4335 #endif
4336
4337 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4338 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4339 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4340 */
4341 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4342 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4343 zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2);
4344 if( zPathname==0 ){
4345 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4346 }
4347 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4348 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4349 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4350 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4351 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4352 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4353 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4354 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4355 ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4356 */
4357 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4358 }
4359 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4360 sqlite3_free(zPathname);
4361 return rc;
4362 }
4363 }
4364
4365 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4366 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4367 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4368 **
4369 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4370 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4371 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4372 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4373 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4374 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes)
4375 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4376 */
4377 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4378 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */
4379 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */
4380 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */
4381 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */
4382 nPathname + 1 + /* zFilename */
4383 nPathname + 8 + 1 /* zJournal */
4384 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4385 + nPathname + 4 + 1 /* zWal */
4386 #endif
4387 );
4388 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4389 if( !pPtr ){
4390 sqlite3_free(zPathname);
4391 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4392 }
4393 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr);
4394 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4395 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4396 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4397 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4398 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4399 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4400
4401 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4402 if( zPathname ){
4403 assert( nPathname>0 );
4404 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1);
4405 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4406 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4407 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
4408 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4409 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4410 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4411 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal", 4);
4412 #endif
4413 sqlite3_free(zPathname);
4414 }
4415 pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4416 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4417
4418 /* Open the pager file.
4419 */
4420 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4421 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4422 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4423 assert( !memDb );
4424 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4425
4426 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4427 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4428 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4429 **
4430 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4431 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4432 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4433 */
4434 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
4435 setSectorSize(pPager);
4436 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4437 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4438 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4439 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4440 }else{
4441 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4442 }
4443 }
4444 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4445 {
4446 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4447 int ii;
4448 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4449 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4450 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4451 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4452 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4453 szPageDflt = ii;
4454 }
4455 }
4456 }
4457 #endif
4458 }
4459 }else{
4460 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4461 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4462 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4463 **
4464 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4465 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4466 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4467 */
4468 tempFile = 1;
4469 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
4470 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
4471 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4472 }
4473
4474 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4475 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4476 */
4477 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4478 assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4479 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4480 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4481 }
4482
4483 /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the
4484 ** Pager structure and close the file.
4485 */
4486 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4487 assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
4488 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4489 sqlite3_free(pPager);
4490 return rc;
4491 }
4492
4493 /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4494 assert( nExtra<1000 );
4495 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4496 sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4497 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4498
4499 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4500 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4501
4502 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4503 pPager->noReadlock = (noReadlock && readOnly) ?1:0;
4504 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4505 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4506 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4507 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4508 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4509 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4510 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4511 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4512 #if 0
4513 assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
4514 #endif
4515 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4516 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4517 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4518 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4519 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4520 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4521 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4522 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4523 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4524 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4525 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4526 pPager->fullSync = pPager->noSync ?0:1;
4527 pPager->syncFlags = pPager->noSync ? 0 : SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4528 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
4529 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4530 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4531 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4532 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4533 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4534 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4535 setSectorSize(pPager);
4536 if( !useJournal ){
4537 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4538 }else if( memDb ){
4539 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4540 }
4541 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4542 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4543 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4544 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4545
4546 *ppPager = pPager;
4547 return SQLITE_OK;
4548 }
4549
4550
4551
4552 /*
4553 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4554 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4555 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4556 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4557 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4558 **
4559 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4560 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4561 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4562 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4563 **
4564 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4565 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4566 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4567 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4568 ** is returned.
4569 **
4570 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4571 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4572 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4573 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4574 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4575 ** will not roll it back.
4576 **
4577 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4578 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4579 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4580 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4581 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4582 */
hasHotJournal(Pager * pPager,int * pExists)4583 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4584 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4585 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
4586 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */
4587 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4588
4589 assert( pPager->useJournal );
4590 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4591 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4592
4593 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4594 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4595 ));
4596
4597 *pExists = 0;
4598 if( !jrnlOpen ){
4599 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4600 }
4601 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4602 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4603
4604 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
4605 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4606 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4607 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that
4608 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4609 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will
4610 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883.
4611 */
4612 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4613 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4614 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */
4615
4616 /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages,
4617 ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for
4618 ** the reasoning here. Delete the obsolete journal file under
4619 ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating
4620 ** [H33020].
4621 */
4622 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4623 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4624 if( nPage==0 ){
4625 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4626 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4627 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4628 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4629 }
4630 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4631 }else{
4632 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4633 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4634 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4635 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4636 ** it can be ignored.
4637 */
4638 if( !jrnlOpen ){
4639 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4640 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4641 }
4642 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4643 u8 first = 0;
4644 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4645 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4646 rc = SQLITE_OK;
4647 }
4648 if( !jrnlOpen ){
4649 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4650 }
4651 *pExists = (first!=0);
4652 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4653 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4654 ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4655 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4656 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4657 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the
4658 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4659 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4660 ** worry so much with race conditions.
4661 */
4662 *pExists = 1;
4663 rc = SQLITE_OK;
4664 }
4665 }
4666 }
4667 }
4668 }
4669
4670 return rc;
4671 }
4672
4673 /*
4674 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
4675 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
4676 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
4677 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
4678 **
4679 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
4680 **
4681 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
4682 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
4683 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
4684 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
4685 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
4686 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
4687 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
4688 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
4689 **
4690 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
4691 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
4692 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
4693 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
4694 ** file.
4695 **
4696 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4697 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
4698 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
4699 */
sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager * pPager)4700 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
4701 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
4702
4703 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
4704 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
4705 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
4706 ** exclusive access mode.
4707 */
4708 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
4709 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4710 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
4711 if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
4712
4713 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
4714 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
4715
4716 assert( !MEMDB );
4717 assert( pPager->noReadlock==0 || pPager->readOnly );
4718
4719 if( pPager->noReadlock==0 ){
4720 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4721 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4722 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
4723 goto failed;
4724 }
4725 }
4726
4727 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
4728 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
4729 */
4730 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
4731 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
4732 }
4733 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4734 goto failed;
4735 }
4736 if( bHotJournal ){
4737 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
4738 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
4739 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
4740 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
4741 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
4742 ** hot-journal back.
4743 **
4744 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
4745 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
4746 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
4747 ** on the database file.
4748 **
4749 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
4750 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
4751 */
4752 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
4753 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4754 goto failed;
4755 }
4756
4757 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
4758 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
4759 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
4760 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
4761 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
4762 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
4763 **
4764 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
4765 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
4766 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
4767 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
4768 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
4769 */
4770 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4771 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4772 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */
4773 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
4774 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
4775 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
4776 int fout = 0;
4777 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4778 assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4779 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
4780 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4781 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
4782 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4783 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4784 }
4785 }
4786 }
4787
4788 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
4789 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
4790 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
4791 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing
4792 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
4793 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
4794 ** the journal before playing it back.
4795 */
4796 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4797 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
4798 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
4799 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4800 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
4801 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
4802 }
4803 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
4804 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4805 }
4806
4807 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4808 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
4809 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
4810 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
4811 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
4812 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
4813 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
4814 **
4815 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
4816 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
4817 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
4818 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
4819 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
4820 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
4821 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
4822 ** references.
4823 */
4824 pager_error(pPager, rc);
4825 goto failed;
4826 }
4827
4828 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4829 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
4830 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
4831 );
4832 }
4833
4834 if( !pPager->tempFile
4835 && (pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0)
4836 ){
4837 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
4838 ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
4839 ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database
4840 ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the
4841 ** cache.
4842 **
4843 ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
4844 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
4845 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
4846 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
4847 ** a codec is in use.
4848 **
4849 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
4850 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
4851 ** it can be neglected.
4852 */
4853 Pgno nPage = 0;
4854 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
4855
4856 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4857 if( rc ) goto failed;
4858
4859 if( nPage>0 ){
4860 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
4861 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
4862 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4863 goto failed;
4864 }
4865 }else{
4866 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
4867 }
4868
4869 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
4870 pager_reset(pPager);
4871 }
4872 }
4873
4874 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
4875 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
4876 */
4877 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
4878 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4879 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
4880 #endif
4881 }
4882
4883 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4884 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
4885 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
4886 }
4887
4888 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4889 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
4890 }
4891
4892 failed:
4893 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4894 assert( !MEMDB );
4895 pager_unlock(pPager);
4896 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4897 }else{
4898 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
4899 }
4900 return rc;
4901 }
4902
4903 /*
4904 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
4905 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
4906 **
4907 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
4908 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
4909 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
4910 */
pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager * pPager)4911 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
4912 if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
4913 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4914 }
4915 }
4916
4917 /*
4918 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
4919 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
4920 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
4921 **
4922 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
4923 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
4924 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
4925 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
4926 ** object with no outstanding references.
4927 **
4928 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
4929 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
4930 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
4931 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
4932 **
4933 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
4934 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
4935 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
4936 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
4937 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
4938 **
4939 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
4940 ** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios:
4941 **
4942 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
4943 **
4944 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
4945 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
4946 ** from the savepoint journal.
4947 **
4948 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
4949 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
4950 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
4951 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
4952 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
4953 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
4954 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
4955 **
4956 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases,
4957 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
4958 **
4959 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
4960 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already
4961 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
4962 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
4963 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
4964 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
4965 ** or journal files.
4966 */
sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno,DbPage ** ppPage,int noContent)4967 int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
4968 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
4969 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
4970 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
4971 int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
4972 ){
4973 /* This just passes through to our modified version with NULL data. */
4974 return sqlite3PagerAcquire2(pPager, pgno, ppPage, noContent, 0);
4975 }
4976
4977 /*
4978 ** This is an internal version of sqlite3PagerAcquire that takes an extra
4979 ** parameter of data to use to fill the page with. This allows more efficient
4980 ** filling for preloaded data. If this extra parameter is NULL, we'll go to
4981 ** the file.
4982 **
4983 ** See sqlite3PagerLoadall which uses this function.
4984 */
sqlite3PagerAcquire2(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno,DbPage ** ppPage,int noContent,unsigned char * pDataToFill)4985 int sqlite3PagerAcquire2(
4986 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
4987 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
4988 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
4989 int noContent, /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
4990 unsigned char* pDataToFill
4991 ){
4992 int rc;
4993 PgHdr *pPg;
4994
4995 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
4996 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4997
4998 if( pgno==0 ){
4999 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5000 }
5001
5002 /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5003 ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5004 if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5005 rc = pPager->errCode;
5006 }else{
5007 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
5008 }
5009
5010 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5011 /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5012 ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5013 ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */
5014 pPg = 0;
5015 goto pager_acquire_err;
5016 }
5017 assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
5018 assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
5019
5020 if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
5021 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5022 ** the page. Return without further ado. */
5023 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5024 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit);
5025 return SQLITE_OK;
5026
5027 }else{
5028 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5029 ** be initialized. */
5030
5031 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
5032 pPg = *ppPage;
5033 pPg->pPager = pPager;
5034
5035 /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5036 ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5037 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5038 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5039 goto pager_acquire_err;
5040 }
5041
5042 if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5043 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5044 rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5045 goto pager_acquire_err;
5046 }
5047 if( noContent ){
5048 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5049 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5050 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
5051 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5052 ** a bit in a bit vector.
5053 */
5054 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5055 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5056 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5057 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5058 }
5059 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5060 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5061 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5062 }
5063 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5064 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5065 }else{
5066 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5067 if( pDataToFill ){
5068 /* Just copy from the given memory */
5069 memcpy(pPg->pData, pDataToFill, pPager->pageSize);
5070 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
5071 goto pager_acquire_err);
5072 }else{
5073 /* Load from disk (old regular sqlite code path) */
5074 rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5075 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5076 goto pager_acquire_err;
5077 }
5078 }
5079 }
5080 pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5081 }
5082
5083 return SQLITE_OK;
5084
5085 pager_acquire_err:
5086 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5087 if( pPg ){
5088 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5089 }
5090 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5091
5092 *ppPage = 0;
5093 return rc;
5094 }
5095
5096 /*
5097 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
5098 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
5099 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5100 **
5101 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
5102 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5103 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
5104 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5105 ** has ever happened.
5106 */
sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno)5107 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5108 PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5109 assert( pPager!=0 );
5110 assert( pgno!=0 );
5111 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5112 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
5113 sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
5114 return pPg;
5115 }
5116
5117 /*
5118 ** Release a page reference.
5119 **
5120 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5121 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages
5122 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5123 ** removed.
5124 */
sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage * pPg)5125 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5126 if( pPg ){
5127 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5128 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5129 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5130 }
5131 }
5132
5133 #if defined(__APPLE__)
5134 /*
5135 ** Create and return a CFURLRef given a cstring containing the path to a file.
5136 */
create_cfurl_from_cstring(const char * filePath)5137 static CFURLRef create_cfurl_from_cstring(const char* filePath){
5138 CFStringRef urlString = CFStringCreateWithFileSystemRepresentation(
5139 kCFAllocatorDefault, filePath);
5140 CFURLRef urlRef = CFURLCreateWithFileSystemPath(kCFAllocatorDefault,
5141 urlString, kCFURLPOSIXPathStyle, FALSE);
5142 CFRelease(urlString);
5143 return urlRef;
5144 }
5145 #endif
5146
5147 /*
5148 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5149 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5150 ** file when this routine is called.
5151 **
5152 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5153 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5154 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5155 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5156 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5157 **
5158 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5159 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5160 ** already open file.
5161 **
5162 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5163 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5164 **
5165 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5166 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5167 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5168 */
pager_open_journal(Pager * pPager)5169 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5170 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
5171 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5172
5173 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5174 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5175 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5176
5177 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
5178 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5179 ** an error state. */
5180 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5181
5182 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5183 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5184 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5185 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
5186 }
5187
5188 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5189 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5190 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5191 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5192 }else{
5193 const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */
5194 SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
5195 (pPager->tempFile ?
5196 (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
5197 (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
5198 );
5199 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5200 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
5201 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5202 );
5203 #else
5204 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
5205 #endif
5206 #if defined(__APPLE__)
5207 /* Set the TimeMachine exclusion metadata for the journal if it has
5208 ** been set for the database. Only do this for unix-type vfs
5209 ** implementations. */
5210 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->zFilename!=NULL
5211 && strlen(pPager->zFilename)>0
5212 && strncmp(pVfs->zName, "unix", 4)==0
5213 && ( pVfs->zName[4]=='-' || pVfs->zName[4]=='\0' ) ){
5214 CFURLRef database = create_cfurl_from_cstring(pPager->zFilename);
5215 if( CSBackupIsItemExcluded(database, NULL) ){
5216 CFURLRef journal = create_cfurl_from_cstring(pPager->zJournal);
5217 /* Ignore errors from the following exclusion call. */
5218 CSBackupSetItemExcluded(journal, TRUE, FALSE);
5219 CFRelease(journal);
5220 }
5221 CFRelease(database);
5222 }
5223 #endif
5224 }
5225 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5226 }
5227
5228
5229 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5230 ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5231 */
5232 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5233 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5234 pPager->nRec = 0;
5235 pPager->journalOff = 0;
5236 pPager->setMaster = 0;
5237 pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5238 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5239 }
5240 }
5241
5242 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5243 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5244 pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5245 }else{
5246 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5247 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5248 }
5249
5250 return rc;
5251 }
5252
5253 /*
5254 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5255 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5256 **
5257 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5258 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5259 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5260 ** functions need be called.
5261 **
5262 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5263 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5264 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5265 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5266 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5267 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5268 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5269 */
sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager * pPager,int exFlag,int subjInMemory)5270 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5271 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5272
5273 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5274 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5275 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5276
5277 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5278 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5279
5280 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5281 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5282 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5283 */
5284 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5285 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5286 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5287 return rc;
5288 }
5289 sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5290 }
5291
5292 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5293 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5294 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5295 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5296 */
5297 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5298 }else{
5299 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5300 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5301 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5302 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5303 */
5304 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5305 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5306 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5307 }
5308 }
5309
5310 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5311 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5312 **
5313 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5314 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5315 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5316 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5317 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5318 ** WAL mode.
5319 */
5320 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5321 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5322 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5323 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5324 pPager->journalOff = 0;
5325 }
5326
5327 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5328 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5329 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5330 }
5331
5332 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5333 return rc;
5334 }
5335
5336 /*
5337 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5338 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5339 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5340 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5341 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5342 */
pager_write(PgHdr * pPg)5343 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5344 void *pData = pPg->pData;
5345 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5346 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5347
5348 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5349 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5350 ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5351 */
5352 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5353 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5354 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5355 );
5356 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5357
5358 /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error
5359 ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */
5360 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5361
5362 /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not
5363 ** writable. But check anyway, just for robustness. */
5364 if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM;
5365
5366 CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5367
5368 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5369 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5370 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5371 **
5372 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5373 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5374 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5375 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5376 */
5377 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5378 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5379 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5380 }
5381 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5382 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5383
5384 /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written
5385 ** to the journal then we can return right away.
5386 */
5387 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5388 if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
5389 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
5390 }else{
5391
5392 /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
5393 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to
5394 ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
5395 */
5396 if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5397 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5398 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5399 u32 cksum;
5400 char *pData2;
5401 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5402
5403 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5404 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
5405 ** that we do not. */
5406 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5407
5408 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5409 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
5410 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5411
5412 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5413 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5414 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5415 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5416 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5417 ** then corruption may follow.
5418 */
5419 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5420
5421 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5422 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5423 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5424 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5425 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5426 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5427
5428 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5429 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5430 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5431 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5432 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5433 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5434
5435 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5436 pPager->nRec++;
5437 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5438 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5439 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5440 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5441 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5442 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5443 assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5444 return rc;
5445 }
5446 }else{
5447 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5448 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5449 }
5450 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5451 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5452 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5453 }
5454 }
5455
5456 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5457 ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that
5458 ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
5459 ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
5460 */
5461 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
5462 rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
5463 }
5464 }
5465
5466 /* Update the database size and return.
5467 */
5468 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5469 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5470 }
5471 return rc;
5472 }
5473
5474 /*
5475 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5476 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5477 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5478 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5479 **
5480 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5481 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5482 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5483 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5484 **
5485 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5486 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5487 */
sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage * pDbPage)5488 int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
5489 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5490
5491 PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
5492 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5493 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5494
5495 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5496 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
5497 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5498
5499 if( nPagePerSector>1 ){
5500 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */
5501 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5502 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5503 int ii; /* Loop counter */
5504 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5505
5506 /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5507 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5508 ** this function.
5509 */
5510 assert( !MEMDB );
5511 assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 );
5512 pPager->doNotSyncSpill++;
5513
5514 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5515 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5516 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5517 */
5518 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5519
5520 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5521 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5522 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5523 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5524 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5525 }else{
5526 nPage = nPagePerSector;
5527 }
5528 assert(nPage>0);
5529 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5530 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5531
5532 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5533 Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5534 PgHdr *pPage;
5535 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5536 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5537 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
5538 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5539 rc = pager_write(pPage);
5540 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5541 needSync = 1;
5542 }
5543 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5544 }
5545 }
5546 }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5547 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5548 needSync = 1;
5549 }
5550 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5551 }
5552 }
5553
5554 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5555 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5556 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5557 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5558 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5559 */
5560 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5561 assert( !MEMDB );
5562 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5563 PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5564 if( pPage ){
5565 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5566 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5567 }
5568 }
5569 }
5570
5571 assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 );
5572 pPager->doNotSyncSpill--;
5573 }else{
5574 rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
5575 }
5576 return rc;
5577 }
5578
5579 /*
5580 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5581 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5582 ** to change the content of the page.
5583 */
5584 #ifndef NDEBUG
sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage * pPg)5585 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5586 return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
5587 }
5588 #endif
5589
5590 /*
5591 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5592 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5593 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when
5594 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5595 ** content no longer matters.
5596 **
5597 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5598 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5599 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5600 **
5601 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5602 ** DELETE operations.
5603 */
sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr * pPg)5604 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5605 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5606 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
5607 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
5608 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
5609 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
5610 pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5611 }
5612 }
5613
5614 /*
5615 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
5616 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
5617 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
5618 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
5619 **
5620 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
5621 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
5622 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
5623 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
5624 **
5625 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
5626 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
5627 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
5628 ** transaction is committed.
5629 **
5630 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
5631 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
5632 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
5633 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
5634 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
5635 */
pager_incr_changecounter(Pager * pPager,int isDirectMode)5636 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
5637 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5638
5639 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5640 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5641 );
5642 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5643
5644 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
5645 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
5646 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
5647 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
5648 **
5649 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
5650 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
5651 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
5652 ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
5653 */
5654 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5655 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
5656 assert( isDirectMode==0 );
5657 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
5658 #else
5659 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
5660 #endif
5661
5662 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){
5663 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */
5664
5665 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5666
5667 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
5668 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
5669 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5670
5671 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
5672 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
5673 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
5674 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
5675 */
5676 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
5677 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
5678 }
5679
5680 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5681 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
5682 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
5683
5684 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
5685 if( DIRECT_MODE ){
5686 const void *zBuf;
5687 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
5688 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
5689 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5690 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
5691 }
5692 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5693 pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
5694 }
5695 }else{
5696 pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
5697 }
5698 }
5699
5700 /* Release the page reference. */
5701 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
5702 }
5703 return rc;
5704 }
5705
5706 /*
5707 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
5708 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
5709 **
5710 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
5711 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
5712 */
sqlite3PagerSync(Pager * pPager)5713 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
5714 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5715 if( !pPager->noSync ){
5716 assert( !MEMDB );
5717 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
5718 }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5719 assert( !MEMDB );
5720 sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, (void *)&rc);
5721 }
5722 return rc;
5723 }
5724
5725 /*
5726 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
5727 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
5728 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
5729 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
5730 **
5731 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
5732 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
5733 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
5734 ** returned.
5735 */
sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager * pPager)5736 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
5737 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5738 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5739 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5740 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5741 );
5742 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5743 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5744 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5745 }
5746 return rc;
5747 }
5748
5749 /*
5750 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
5751 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
5752 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
5753 ** journal (a single database transaction).
5754 **
5755 ** This routine ensures that:
5756 **
5757 ** * The database file change-counter is updated,
5758 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
5759 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
5760 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
5761 ** * the database file synced.
5762 **
5763 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
5764 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
5765 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
5766 **
5767 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
5768 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
5769 **
5770 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
5771 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
5772 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
5773 ** journal file in this case.
5774 */
sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager * pPager,const char * zMaster,int noSync)5775 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
5776 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
5777 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
5778 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
5779 ){
5780 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
5781
5782 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5783 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5784 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5785 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
5786 );
5787 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5788
5789 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
5790 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5791
5792 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
5793 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
5794
5795 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
5796 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
5797
5798 if( MEMDB ){
5799 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
5800 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any
5801 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
5802 */
5803 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
5804 }else{
5805 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5806 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
5807 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
5808 if( pList==0 ){
5809 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
5810 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
5811 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
5812 pList = pPageOne;
5813 pList->pDirty = 0;
5814 }
5815 assert( pList!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5816 if( pList ){
5817 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1,
5818 (pPager->fullSync ? pPager->syncFlags : 0)
5819 );
5820 }
5821 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
5822 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5823 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
5824 }
5825 }else{
5826 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
5827 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
5828 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
5829 ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
5830 **
5831 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
5832 ** blocks of size page-size, and
5833 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
5834 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
5835 **
5836 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
5837 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
5838 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
5839 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
5840 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
5841 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
5842 ** mode.
5843 **
5844 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
5845 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
5846 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
5847 ** created for this transaction.
5848 */
5849 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5850 PgHdr *pPg;
5851 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
5852 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
5853 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
5854 );
5855 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
5856 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5857 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
5858 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
5859 ){
5860 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
5861 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
5862 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
5863 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
5864 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
5865 */
5866 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
5867 }else{
5868 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
5869 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5870 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
5871 }
5872 }
5873 #else
5874 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
5875 #endif
5876 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5877
5878 /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
5879 ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
5880 ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
5881 **
5882 ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the
5883 ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
5884 ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
5885 ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of
5886 ** reading data from the database file.
5887 */
5888 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
5889 if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize
5890 && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
5891 ){
5892 Pgno i; /* Iterator variable */
5893 const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
5894 const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize; /* Database image size */
5895 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
5896 for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){
5897 if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
5898 PgHdr *pPage; /* Page to journal */
5899 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage);
5900 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5901 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
5902 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5903 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5904 }
5905 }
5906 pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
5907 }
5908 #endif
5909
5910 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
5911 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
5912 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
5913 */
5914 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
5915 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5916
5917 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
5918 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
5919 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
5920 **
5921 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
5922 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
5923 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
5924 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
5925 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
5926 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
5927 */
5928 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
5929 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5930
5931 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
5932 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5933 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
5934 goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5935 }
5936 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
5937
5938 /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image,
5939 ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here.
5940 */
5941 if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){
5942 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
5943 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
5944 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
5945 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5946 }
5947
5948 /* Finally, sync the database file. */
5949 if( !noSync ){
5950 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
5951 }
5952 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
5953 }
5954 }
5955
5956 commit_phase_one_exit:
5957 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5958 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
5959 }
5960 return rc;
5961 }
5962
5963
5964 /*
5965 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
5966 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
5967 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
5968 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
5969 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
5970 **
5971 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
5972 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
5973 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
5974 ** irrevocably committed.
5975 **
5976 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
5977 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
5978 */
sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager * pPager)5979 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
5980 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
5981
5982 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
5983 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
5984 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
5985 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5986
5987 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5988 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
5989 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
5990 );
5991 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5992
5993 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
5994 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
5995 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
5996 **
5997 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
5998 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
5999 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6000 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6001 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6002 ** to drop any locks either.
6003 */
6004 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6005 && pPager->exclusiveMode
6006 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6007 ){
6008 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6009 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6010 return SQLITE_OK;
6011 }
6012
6013 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6014 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
6015 return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6016 }
6017
6018 /*
6019 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6020 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6021 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6022 ** state if an error occurs.
6023 **
6024 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6025 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6026 **
6027 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6028 **
6029 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6030 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6031 ** was opened, and
6032 **
6033 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6034 ** rollback at any point in the future.
6035 **
6036 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6037 ** rollback is successful.
6038 **
6039 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6040 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6041 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6042 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6043 */
sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager * pPager)6044 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6045 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6046 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6047
6048 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6049 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6050 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6051 */
6052 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6053 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6054 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6055
6056 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6057 int rc2;
6058 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6059 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
6060 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6061 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6062 int eState = pPager->eState;
6063 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
6064 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6065 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6066 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6067 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6068 */
6069 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6070 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6071 return rc;
6072 }
6073 }else{
6074 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6075 }
6076
6077 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6078 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR );
6079
6080 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6081 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6082 */
6083 return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6084 }
6085
6086 /*
6087 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE
6088 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6089 */
sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager * pPager)6090 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6091 return pPager->readOnly;
6092 }
6093
6094 /*
6095 ** Return the number of references to the pager.
6096 */
sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager * pPager)6097 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6098 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6099 }
6100
6101 /*
6102 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6103 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6104 */
sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager * pPager)6105 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6106 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6107 + 5*sizeof(void*);
6108 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6109 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6110 + pPager->pageSize;
6111 }
6112
6113 /*
6114 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6115 */
sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage * pPage)6116 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6117 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6118 }
6119
6120 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6121 /*
6122 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6123 */
sqlite3PagerStats(Pager * pPager)6124 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6125 static int a[11];
6126 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6127 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6128 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6129 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6130 a[4] = pPager->eState;
6131 a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6132 a[6] = pPager->nHit;
6133 a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
6134 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6135 a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6136 a[10] = pPager->nWrite;
6137 return a;
6138 }
6139 #endif
6140
6141 /*
6142 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
6143 */
sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager * pPager)6144 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6145 return MEMDB;
6146 }
6147
6148 /*
6149 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6150 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6151 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6152 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6153 **
6154 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6155 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6156 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6157 */
sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager * pPager,int nSavepoint)6158 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6159 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6160 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */
6161
6162 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6163 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6164
6165 if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
6166 int ii; /* Iterator variable */
6167 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6168
6169 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6170 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6171 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6172 */
6173 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6174 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6175 );
6176 if( !aNew ){
6177 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6178 }
6179 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6180 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6181
6182 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6183 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6184 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6185 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6186 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6187 }else{
6188 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6189 }
6190 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6191 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6192 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6193 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6194 }
6195 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6196 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6197 }
6198 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6199 }
6200 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6201 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6202 }
6203
6204 return rc;
6205 }
6206
6207 /*
6208 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6209 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6210 ** created savepoint.
6211 **
6212 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6213 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6214 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6215 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6216 **
6217 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6218 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6219 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6220 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6221 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6222 **
6223 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6224 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6225 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6226 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6227 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6228 **
6229 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6230 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6231 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6232 **
6233 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6234 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6235 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6236 */
sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager * pPager,int op,int iSavepoint)6237 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6238 int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */
6239
6240 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6241 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6242
6243 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6244 int ii; /* Iterator variable */
6245 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6246
6247 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6248 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6249 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6250 */
6251 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6252 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6253 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6254 }
6255 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6256
6257 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6258 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6259 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6260 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6261 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6262 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
6263 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6264 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6265 }
6266 pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6267 }
6268 }
6269 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6270 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6271 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6272 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6273 */
6274 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6275 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6276 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6277 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6278 }
6279 }
6280
6281 return rc;
6282 }
6283
6284 /*
6285 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6286 */
sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager * pPager)6287 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){
6288 return pPager->zFilename;
6289 }
6290
6291 /*
6292 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6293 */
sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager * pPager)6294 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6295 return pPager->pVfs;
6296 }
6297
6298 /*
6299 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6300 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has
6301 ** not yet been opened.
6302 */
sqlite3PagerFile(Pager * pPager)6303 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6304 return pPager->fd;
6305 }
6306
6307 /*
6308 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6309 */
sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager * pPager)6310 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6311 return pPager->zJournal;
6312 }
6313
6314 /*
6315 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE
6316 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
6317 */
sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager * pPager)6318 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
6319 return pPager->noSync;
6320 }
6321
6322 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6323 /*
6324 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6325 */
sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager * pPager,void * (* xCodec)(void *,void *,Pgno,int),void (* xCodecSizeChng)(void *,int,int),void (* xCodecFree)(void *),void * pCodec)6326 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6327 Pager *pPager,
6328 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6329 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6330 void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6331 void *pCodec
6332 ){
6333 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6334 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6335 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6336 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6337 pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6338 pagerReportSize(pPager);
6339 }
sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager * pPager)6340 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6341 return pPager->pCodec;
6342 }
6343 #endif
6344
6345 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6346 /*
6347 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6348 **
6349 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6350 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6351 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6352 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6353 **
6354 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6355 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6356 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6357 **
6358 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6359 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6360 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6361 ** transaction is active).
6362 **
6363 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6364 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6365 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6366 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6367 **
6368 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6369 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6370 */
sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager * pPager,DbPage * pPg,Pgno pgno,int isCommit)6371 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6372 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */
6373 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6374 int rc; /* Return code */
6375 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */
6376
6377 assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6378 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6379 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6380 );
6381 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6382
6383 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6384 ** the page we are moving from.
6385 */
6386 if( MEMDB ){
6387 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6388 if( rc ) return rc;
6389 }
6390
6391 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6392 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6393 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6394 **
6395 ** BEGIN;
6396 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6397 ** SAVEPOINT one;
6398 ** <Move page X to location Y>
6399 ** ROLLBACK TO one;
6400 **
6401 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6402 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6403 ** statement were is processed.
6404 **
6405 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6406 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6407 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6408 */
6409 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
6410 && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
6411 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
6412 ){
6413 return rc;
6414 }
6415
6416 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6417 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6418 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6419
6420 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6421 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6422 **
6423 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6424 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6425 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6426 */
6427 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6428 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6429 assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6430 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6431 }
6432
6433 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6434 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6435 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6436 ** for the page moved there.
6437 */
6438 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6439 pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
6440 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6441 if( pPgOld ){
6442 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6443 if( MEMDB ){
6444 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6445 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */
6446 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6447 }else{
6448 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6449 }
6450 }
6451
6452 origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6453 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6454 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6455
6456 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6457 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld
6458 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6459 */
6460 if( MEMDB ){
6461 assert( pPgOld );
6462 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6463 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld);
6464 }
6465
6466 if( needSyncPgno ){
6467 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6468 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6469 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6470 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6471 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6472 ** flag.
6473 **
6474 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6475 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6476 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6477 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6478 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6479 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6480 */
6481 PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6482 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
6483 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6484 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6485 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6486 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6487 }
6488 return rc;
6489 }
6490 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6491 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6492 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6493 }
6494
6495 return SQLITE_OK;
6496 }
6497 #endif
6498
6499 /* Begin preload-cache.patch for Chromium */
6500 #if 1
6501 /* NOTE(shess): Testing to see if simply reading the data into the
6502 * filesystem buffers will have the positive speed impact without the
6503 * negative memory impact.
6504 */
sqlite3PagerLoadall(Pager * pPager)6505 int sqlite3PagerLoadall(Pager* pPager)
6506 {
6507 int i, pageSize, loadPages, rc;
6508 unsigned char *fileData;
6509
6510 /* TODO(shess): This test may not be relevant for this
6511 * implementation, but keep the invariant consistent.
6512 */
6513 pageSize = pPager->pageSize;
6514 if (pPager->dbSize < 0 || pageSize < 0) {
6515 /* pager not initialized, this means a statement is not open */
6516 return SQLITE_MISUSE;
6517 }
6518
6519 /* Allocate a buffer to read pages into. */
6520 /* TODO(shess): No need to read by page, this could be a fixed-size
6521 * buffer on stack.
6522 */
6523 fileData = sqlite3Malloc(pageSize);
6524 if (!fileData)
6525 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6526
6527 /* Load the smaller of the entire cache or the entire database. */
6528 loadPages = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6529 if (loadPages > pPager->dbSize)
6530 loadPages = pPager->dbSize;
6531
6532 /* Read database page by page. */
6533 rc = SQLITE_OK;
6534 for(i=0; i < loadPages; i++) {
6535 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, fileData, pageSize, i*pageSize);
6536 if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
6537 break;
6538 }
6539 sqlite3_free(fileData);
6540 return rc;
6541 }
6542 #else
6543 /**
6544 ** When making large allocations, there is no need to stress the heap and
6545 ** potentially hold its lock while we allocate a bunch of memory. If we know
6546 ** the allocation will be large, go directly to the OS instead of the heap.
6547 **/
allocLarge(size_t size)6548 static void* allocLarge(size_t size) {
6549 #if SQLITE_OS_WIN
6550 return VirtualAlloc(NULL, size, MEM_COMMIT | MEM_RESERVE, PAGE_READWRITE);
6551 #else
6552 return sqlite3Malloc(size);
6553 #endif
6554 }
6555
freeLarge(void * ptr)6556 static void freeLarge(void* ptr) {
6557 #if SQLITE_OS_WIN
6558 VirtualFree(ptr, 0, MEM_RELEASE);
6559 #else
6560 sqlite3_free(ptr);
6561 #endif
6562 }
6563
6564 /**
6565 ** Addition: This will attempt to populate the database cache with
6566 ** the first N bytes of the file, where N is the total size of the cache.
6567 ** Because we can load this as one chunk from the disk, this is much faster
6568 ** than loading a subset of the pages one at a time in random order.
6569 **
6570 ** The pager must be initialized before this function is called. This means a
6571 * statement must be open that has initialized the pager and is keeping the
6572 ** cache in memory.
6573 **/
sqlite3PagerLoadall(Pager * pPager)6574 int sqlite3PagerLoadall(Pager* pPager)
6575 {
6576 int i;
6577 int rc;
6578 int nMax;
6579 int loadSize;
6580 int loadPages;
6581 unsigned char *fileData;
6582
6583 if (pPager->dbSize < 0 || pPager->pageSize < 0) {
6584 /* pager not initialized, this means a statement is not open */
6585 return SQLITE_MISUSE;
6586 }
6587
6588 /* compute sizes */
6589 nMax = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6590 if (nMax < pPager->dbSize)
6591 loadPages = nMax;
6592 else
6593 loadPages = pPager->dbSize;
6594 loadSize = loadPages * pPager->pageSize;
6595
6596 /* load the file as one chunk */
6597 fileData = allocLarge(loadSize);
6598 if (! fileData)
6599 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6600 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, fileData, loadSize, 0);
6601 if (rc != SQLITE_OK) {
6602 freeLarge(fileData);
6603 return rc;
6604 }
6605
6606 /* Copy the data to each page. Note that the page numbers we pass to _get
6607 * are one-based, 0 is a marker for no page. We also need to check that we
6608 * haven't loaded more pages than the cache can hold total. There may have
6609 * already been a few pages loaded before, so we may fill the cache before
6610 * loading all of the pages we want to.
6611 */
6612 for(i=1;
6613 i <= loadPages && sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) < nMax;
6614 i++) {
6615 DbPage *pPage = 0;
6616 rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire2(pPager, i, &pPage, 0,
6617 &fileData[(i-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize]);
6618 if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
6619 break;
6620 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
6621 }
6622 freeLarge(fileData);
6623 return SQLITE_OK;
6624 }
6625 #endif
6626 /* End preload-cache.patch for Chromium */
6627
6628 /*
6629 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6630 */
sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage * pPg)6631 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6632 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6633 return pPg->pData;
6634 }
6635
6636 /*
6637 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6638 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6639 */
sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage * pPg)6640 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6641 return pPg->pExtra;
6642 }
6643
6644 /*
6645 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6646 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6647 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
6648 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
6649 **
6650 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6651 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
6652 ** locking-mode.
6653 */
sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager * pPager,int eMode)6654 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6655 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
6656 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
6657 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
6658 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
6659 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
6660 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
6661 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
6662 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
6663 }
6664 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
6665 }
6666
6667 /*
6668 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
6669 **
6670 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6671 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6672 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6673 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6674 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
6675 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6676 **
6677 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
6678 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
6679 **
6680 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
6681 ** or _MEMORY.
6682 **
6683 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
6684 **
6685 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
6686 */
sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager * pPager,int eMode)6687 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6688 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */
6689
6690 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6691 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
6692 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
6693 print_pager_state(pPager);
6694 #endif
6695
6696
6697 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
6698 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6699 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6700 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6701 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6702 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6703 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
6704
6705 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
6706 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
6707 ** to WAL mode.
6708 */
6709 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
6710
6711 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
6712 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
6713 */
6714 if( MEMDB ){
6715 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
6716 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
6717 eMode = eOld;
6718 }
6719 }
6720
6721 if( eMode!=eOld ){
6722
6723 /* Change the journal mode. */
6724 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
6725 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
6726
6727 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
6728 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
6729 ** delete the journal file.
6730 */
6731 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
6732 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
6733 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
6734 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
6735 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
6736 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
6737
6738 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
6739 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
6740
6741 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
6742 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
6743 ** here is an optimization only.
6744 **
6745 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
6746 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
6747 ** while it is in use by some other client.
6748 */
6749 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6750 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
6751 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
6752 }else{
6753 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6754 int state = pPager->eState;
6755 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
6756 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
6757 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
6758 }
6759 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
6760 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6761 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
6762 }
6763 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6764 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
6765 }
6766 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
6767 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
6768 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
6769 pager_unlock(pPager);
6770 }
6771 assert( state==pPager->eState );
6772 }
6773 }
6774 }
6775
6776 /* Return the new journal mode */
6777 return (int)pPager->journalMode;
6778 }
6779
6780 /*
6781 ** Return the current journal mode.
6782 */
sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager * pPager)6783 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
6784 return (int)pPager->journalMode;
6785 }
6786
6787 /*
6788 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
6789 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
6790 ** is unmodified.
6791 */
sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager * pPager)6792 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
6793 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6794 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
6795 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
6796 return 1;
6797 }
6798
6799 /*
6800 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
6801 **
6802 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
6803 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
6804 */
sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager * pPager,i64 iLimit)6805 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
6806 if( iLimit>=-1 ){
6807 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
6808 }
6809 return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
6810 }
6811
6812 /*
6813 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
6814 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
6815 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
6816 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
6817 */
sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager * pPager)6818 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
6819 return &pPager->pBackup;
6820 }
6821
6822 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6823 /*
6824 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
6825 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
6826 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
6827 **
6828 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
6829 */
sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager * pPager,int eMode,int * pnLog,int * pnCkpt)6830 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
6831 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6832 if( pPager->pWal ){
6833 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
6834 pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
6835 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
6836 pnLog, pnCkpt
6837 );
6838 }
6839 return rc;
6840 }
6841
sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager * pPager)6842 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
6843 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
6844 }
6845
6846 /*
6847 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
6848 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
6849 */
sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager * pPager)6850 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
6851 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
6852 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
6853 }
6854
6855 /*
6856 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
6857 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
6858 */
pagerExclusiveLock(Pager * pPager)6859 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6860 int rc; /* Return code */
6861
6862 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
6863 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6864 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6865 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
6866 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
6867 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
6868 }
6869
6870 return rc;
6871 }
6872
6873 /*
6874 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
6875 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
6876 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
6877 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
6878 */
pagerOpenWal(Pager * pPager)6879 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
6880 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6881
6882 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
6883 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock);
6884
6885 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
6886 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
6887 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
6888 ** file, to make sure this is safe.
6889 */
6890 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
6891 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
6892 }
6893
6894 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
6895 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
6896 */
6897 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6898 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
6899 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, &pPager->pWal
6900 );
6901 }
6902
6903 return rc;
6904 }
6905
6906
6907 /*
6908 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
6909 ** this function.
6910 **
6911 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
6912 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
6913 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
6914 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
6915 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
6916 ** not modified in either case.
6917 **
6918 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
6919 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
6920 ** without doing anything.
6921 */
sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager * pPager,int * pbOpen)6922 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
6923 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
6924 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
6925 ){
6926 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6927
6928 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6929 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen );
6930 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
6931 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
6932 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
6933
6934 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
6935 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
6936
6937 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
6938 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6939
6940 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
6941 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6942 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
6943 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
6944 }
6945 }else{
6946 *pbOpen = 1;
6947 }
6948
6949 return rc;
6950 }
6951
6952 /*
6953 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
6954 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
6955 **
6956 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
6957 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
6958 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
6959 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
6960 */
sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager * pPager)6961 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
6962 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6963
6964 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
6965
6966 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
6967 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
6968 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
6969 */
6970 if( !pPager->pWal ){
6971 int logexists = 0;
6972 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
6973 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6974 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
6975 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
6976 );
6977 }
6978 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
6979 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
6980 }
6981 }
6982
6983 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
6984 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
6985 */
6986 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
6987 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
6988 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6989 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
6990 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
6991 pPager->pWal = 0;
6992 }
6993 }
6994 return rc;
6995 }
6996
6997 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6998 /*
6999 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
7000 ** into the log file.
7001 **
7002 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
7003 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
7004 */
sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr * pPg)7005 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
7006 void *aData = 0;
7007 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
7008 return aData;
7009 }
7010 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
7011
7012 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7013
7014 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7015